1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 struct linespec_sals
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
236 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
249 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line
*commands
;
360 struct command_line
*
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
363 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
389 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
392 fprintf_filtered (file
,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
405 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
408 fprintf_filtered (file
,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
421 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
424 fprintf_filtered (file
,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
441 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto
,
467 condition_evaluation_host
,
468 condition_evaluation_target
,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
487 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target
;
492 return condition_evaluation_host
;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count
;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count
;
615 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
616 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
617 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
623 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
631 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
632 breakpoint_count
= num
;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line
*
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
675 struct counted_command_line
*result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
679 result
->commands
= commands
;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
701 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup
*
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num
)
734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
737 if (b
->number
== num
)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
751 struct bp_location
*loc
;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
764 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
765 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
786 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
794 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
796 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
808 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
817 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
839 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
857 fprintf_filtered (file
,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
874 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
875 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
877 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
880 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location
**
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
892 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
893 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
897 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
921 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
922 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
935 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
953 const char *arg
= exp
;
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
958 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
962 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
964 innermost_block
= NULL
;
966 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
973 struct bp_location
*loc
;
975 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
980 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
993 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
995 const char *text
, const char *word
)
999 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1000 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1004 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1005 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len
= strlen (text
);
1020 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1021 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1024 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1029 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1031 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1034 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1049 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1052 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1062 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1067 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1088 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1095 struct command_line
*c
;
1097 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1101 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1105 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1119 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1122 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1124 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1125 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1130 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1135 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1140 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1141 struct command_line
*commands
)
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line
*c
;
1150 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1151 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1153 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1155 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1171 struct command_line
*c2
;
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1174 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1175 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1177 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1199 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1201 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1202 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1214 struct command_line
*commands
)
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1219 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1220 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1223 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1224 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1228 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1230 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1233 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1237 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1238 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1241 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1243 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1246 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1250 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1251 breakpoint work for any task. */
1254 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1256 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1259 if (old_task
!= task
)
1260 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1264 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1266 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1268 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1271 /* A structure used to pass information through
1272 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1274 struct commands_info
1276 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1279 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1282 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1283 already-parsed command. */
1284 struct command_line
*control
;
1286 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1288 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1291 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1292 commands_command. */
1295 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1297 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1299 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1301 struct command_line
*l
;
1303 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1304 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1307 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1310 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1311 "%s, one per line."),
1314 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1316 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1319 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1322 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1325 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1328 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1330 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1332 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1333 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1334 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1335 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1342 struct command_line
*control
)
1344 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1345 struct commands_info info
;
1347 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1348 info
.control
= control
;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1354 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1356 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1359 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1360 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1372 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1375 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1381 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1388 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1390 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1401 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1402 return simple_control
;
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1410 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1414 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1440 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1445 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1452 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1453 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1455 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1457 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1458 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1469 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1492 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1497 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1499 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1512 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1520 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1525 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1526 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1528 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1533 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1543 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1547 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1553 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1558 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1559 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1563 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1564 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1568 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1569 const unsigned char *bp
;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1571 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1575 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1579 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1595 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1605 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1617 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1632 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1644 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1646 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1648 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1649 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1651 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1652 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1654 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1712 int within_current_scope
;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1722 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1729 within_current_scope
= 1;
1732 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1748 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1750 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1751 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1752 if (within_current_scope
)
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1761 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1770 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1771 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b
->val
);
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1785 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1787 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1791 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1792 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1807 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1810 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1811 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1821 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1827 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1838 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1840 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1851 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1853 addr
= value_address (v
);
1855 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1857 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1860 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1861 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1864 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1867 loc
->address
= addr
;
1868 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1869 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1882 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1884 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1888 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1904 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1905 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1921 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1923 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1925 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1944 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1945 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1946 "read/access watchpoint."));
1948 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1950 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1951 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1952 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1953 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1956 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1958 next
= value_next (v
);
1963 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1964 above left it without any location set up. But,
1965 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1966 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1967 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1969 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1970 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1971 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1972 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1973 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1974 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1977 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2000 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2003 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2006 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2026 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2027 that the location is not duplicated. */
2030 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2033 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2036 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2037 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2041 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2042 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2043 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2044 any error during parsing. */
2046 static struct agent_expr
*
2047 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2049 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2050 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2051 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2056 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2057 that may show up. */
2058 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2060 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2065 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2066 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2067 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2071 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2075 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2076 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2077 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2078 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2079 one of them is true. */
2082 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2084 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2085 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2086 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2087 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2089 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2090 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2091 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2093 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2094 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2097 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2098 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2099 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2100 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2101 response back to GDB. */
2102 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2105 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2109 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2111 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2112 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2113 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2114 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2115 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2116 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2118 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2119 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2125 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2126 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2127 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2129 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2135 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2136 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2137 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2139 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2140 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2141 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2148 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2150 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2153 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2154 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2159 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2160 for this location's address. */
2161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2165 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2166 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2167 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2169 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2170 conditions to the target. */
2171 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2172 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2178 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2179 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2180 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2182 static struct agent_expr
*
2183 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2185 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2186 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2187 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2188 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2189 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2190 const char *cmdrest
;
2191 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2192 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2194 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2201 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2203 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2205 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2206 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2208 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2210 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2212 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2214 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2216 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2217 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2219 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2221 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2222 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2224 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2226 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2228 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2230 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2231 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2234 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2239 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2240 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2242 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2246 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2247 that may show up. */
2248 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2250 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2251 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2252 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2257 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2258 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2259 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2263 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2265 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2269 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2270 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2271 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2274 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2276 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2277 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2278 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2279 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2281 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2282 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2283 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2286 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2289 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2290 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2291 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2292 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2293 response back to GDB. */
2294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2297 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2301 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2303 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2304 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2305 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2306 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2307 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2308 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2309 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2317 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2319 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2325 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2327 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2333 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2335 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2337 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2340 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2341 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2346 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2347 for this location's address. */
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2351 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2352 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2353 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2354 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2356 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2357 to send the commands to the target. */
2358 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2362 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2363 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2364 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2365 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2368 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2369 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2370 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2371 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2374 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2375 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2377 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2378 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2379 int *disabled_breaks
,
2380 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2381 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2384 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2385 struct gdb_exception e
;
2387 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2390 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2391 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2392 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2393 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2394 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2395 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2396 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2397 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2399 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2400 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2401 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2403 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2404 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2405 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2406 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2408 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2410 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2411 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2412 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2413 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2416 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2417 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2419 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2421 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2422 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2423 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2425 Two important cases are:
2426 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2427 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2428 hardware breakpoint.
2429 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2430 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2431 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2434 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2435 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2436 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2437 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2439 struct mem_region
*mr
2440 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2444 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2446 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2448 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2449 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2451 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2453 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2455 static int said
= 0;
2457 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2460 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2461 _("Note: automatically using "
2462 "hardware breakpoints for "
2463 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2468 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2469 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2470 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2471 "at readonly address %s"),
2472 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2476 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2477 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2478 || bl
->section
== NULL
2479 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2481 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2482 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2484 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2489 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2494 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2495 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2496 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2498 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2499 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2500 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2501 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2502 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2506 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2508 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2509 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2510 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2511 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2512 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2514 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2515 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2516 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2520 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2521 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2523 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2524 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2526 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2531 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2536 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2537 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2544 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2545 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2547 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2549 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2550 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2551 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2553 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2554 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2557 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2558 "library breakpoints:\n");
2560 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2561 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2562 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2566 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2568 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2569 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2571 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2572 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2573 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2578 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2579 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2582 "Error accessing memory address ");
2583 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2585 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2586 safe_strerror (val
));
2597 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2598 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2599 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2600 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2602 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2603 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2605 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2607 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2608 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2609 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2611 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2613 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2614 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2618 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2619 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2623 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2624 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2631 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2632 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2635 /* Back to the original value. */
2636 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2640 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2643 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2645 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2646 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2648 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2651 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2655 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2656 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2658 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2661 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2663 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2664 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2665 so just return success. */
2672 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2673 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2677 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2679 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2680 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2682 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2685 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2686 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2689 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2690 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2693 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2695 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2698 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2699 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2701 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2702 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2704 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2710 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2711 removed locations above. */
2712 update_global_location_list (0);
2715 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2716 Throws exception on any error.
2717 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2718 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2720 insert_breakpoints (void)
2722 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2725 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2727 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2729 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2732 update_global_location_list (1);
2734 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2735 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2737 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2738 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2741 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2744 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2746 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2750 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2754 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2755 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2756 always-inserted mode. */
2759 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2761 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2764 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2765 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2766 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2768 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2769 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2771 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2772 there was an error. */
2773 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2775 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2777 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2779 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2781 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2784 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2785 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2786 deletion of breakpoints. */
2787 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2790 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2792 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2793 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2794 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2795 insert breakpoints. */
2796 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2797 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2800 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2801 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2808 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2809 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2812 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2815 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2818 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2820 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2821 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2824 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2825 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2826 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2828 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2829 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2831 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2832 there was an error. */
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2835 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2839 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2842 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2843 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2844 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2845 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2846 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2849 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2851 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2852 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2853 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2854 insert breakpoints. */
2855 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2856 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2859 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2860 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2865 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2866 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2869 int some_failed
= 0;
2870 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2872 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2875 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2878 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2881 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2882 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2889 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2891 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2893 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2894 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2895 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2903 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2904 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2905 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2907 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2908 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2909 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2911 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2912 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2915 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2918 /* Used when the program stops.
2919 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2920 removing a breakpoint location. */
2923 remove_breakpoints (void)
2925 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2928 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2930 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2931 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2936 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2939 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2941 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2943 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2947 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2950 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2955 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2964 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2966 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2967 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2969 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2970 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2971 struct inferior
*inf
;
2972 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2974 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2978 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2979 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2981 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2983 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2984 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2988 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2994 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3002 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3006 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3008 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3009 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3010 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3011 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3012 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3013 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3015 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3018 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3021 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3022 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3026 static struct breakpoint
*
3027 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3028 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3029 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3031 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3034 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3037 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3038 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3040 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3041 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3042 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3047 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3049 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3051 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3053 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3054 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3056 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3057 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3059 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3060 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3062 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3063 int longjmp_searched
;
3065 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3066 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3068 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3071 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3072 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3074 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3075 int exception_searched
;
3077 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3078 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3081 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3083 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3084 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3086 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3089 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3091 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3094 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3095 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3097 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3098 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3100 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3102 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3103 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3105 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3106 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3108 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3109 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3111 return bp_objfile_data
;
3115 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3117 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3119 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3120 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3124 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3126 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3127 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3129 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3131 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3135 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3137 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3140 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3142 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3144 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3147 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3148 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3151 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3154 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3155 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3157 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3158 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3160 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3162 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3163 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3167 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3168 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3171 update_global_location_list (1);
3175 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3177 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3178 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3180 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3182 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3184 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3186 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3188 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3191 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3194 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3195 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3198 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3200 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3202 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3203 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3204 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3207 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3210 struct probe
*probe
;
3211 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3214 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3215 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3221 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3223 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3224 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3225 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3231 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3233 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3234 const char *func_name
;
3237 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3240 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3241 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3243 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3245 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3248 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3249 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3252 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3255 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3256 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3257 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3258 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3259 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3265 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3268 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3270 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3272 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3273 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3274 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3276 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3278 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3280 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3283 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3285 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3287 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3288 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3290 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3295 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3297 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3299 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3300 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3301 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3304 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3307 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3310 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3311 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3312 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3314 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3329 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3330 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3339 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3341 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3342 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3344 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3345 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3346 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3349 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3351 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3353 struct probe
*probe
;
3356 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3357 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3361 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3363 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3364 bp_exception_master
,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3366 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3367 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3373 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3375 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3378 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3380 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3382 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3384 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3385 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3387 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3391 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3394 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3395 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3397 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3398 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3399 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3400 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3403 update_global_location_list (1);
3407 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3409 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3410 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3412 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3413 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3414 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3415 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3416 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3417 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3418 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3419 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3421 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3422 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3426 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3429 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3430 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3432 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3436 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3439 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3443 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3444 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3445 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3446 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3447 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3449 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3453 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3454 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3456 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3460 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3462 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3463 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3464 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3466 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3470 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3472 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3473 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3474 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3475 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3479 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3480 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3481 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3482 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3483 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3484 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3486 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3487 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3488 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3489 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3490 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3491 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3492 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3494 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3495 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3496 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3497 let finish_command delete it.
3499 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3500 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3501 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3502 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3503 solib breakpoints.) */
3505 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3510 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3511 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3513 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3519 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3520 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3521 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3523 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3527 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3529 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3531 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3532 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3534 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3535 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3537 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3538 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3541 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3545 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3548 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3549 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3551 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3555 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3556 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3557 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3558 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3559 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3562 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3566 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3567 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3569 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3570 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3573 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3574 This should not ever happen. */
3575 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3577 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3578 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3580 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3581 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3582 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3584 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3585 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3586 || bl
->section
== NULL
3587 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3589 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3590 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3594 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3595 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3596 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3598 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3599 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3601 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3602 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3603 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3604 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3605 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3607 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3608 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3610 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3611 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3614 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3615 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3616 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3617 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3619 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3620 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3621 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3623 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3624 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3630 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3635 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3636 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3637 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3638 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3643 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3645 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3647 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3648 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3650 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3651 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3653 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3654 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3655 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3658 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3659 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3662 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3663 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3665 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3669 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3676 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3679 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3681 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3684 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3685 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3688 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3689 This should not ever happen. */
3690 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3692 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3694 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3696 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3698 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3702 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3705 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3707 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3710 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3714 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3715 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3717 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3720 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3721 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3722 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3727 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3730 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3732 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3734 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3736 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3741 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3742 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3743 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3749 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3755 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3757 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3758 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3761 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3763 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3765 case bp_shlib_event
:
3767 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3768 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3769 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3770 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3771 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3773 (gdb) file prog-linux
3774 (gdb) run # native linux target
3777 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3778 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3781 case bp_step_resume
:
3783 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3785 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3790 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3791 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3793 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3795 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3796 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3797 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3798 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3800 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3801 insert_breakpoints. */
3803 value_free (w
->val
);
3814 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3815 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3816 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3817 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3820 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3821 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3822 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3823 match, not program space. */
3825 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3826 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3827 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3828 permanent breakpoint.
3829 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3830 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3831 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3832 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3833 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3835 enum breakpoint_here
3836 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3838 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3839 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3841 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3843 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3844 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3847 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3848 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3849 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3850 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3852 if (overlay_debugging
3853 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3854 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3855 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3856 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3857 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3859 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3863 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3866 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3869 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3871 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3874 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3875 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3881 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3882 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3883 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3884 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3887 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3890 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3894 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3899 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3901 if (overlay_debugging
3902 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3903 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3904 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3912 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3913 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3916 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3918 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3921 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3927 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3931 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3934 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3936 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3938 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3942 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3945 if (overlay_debugging
3946 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3947 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3948 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3954 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3955 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3962 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3963 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3965 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3971 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3972 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3978 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3979 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3983 /* Check for intersection. */
3984 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3985 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3993 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3994 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3997 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4000 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4001 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4007 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4008 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4011 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4012 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4013 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4016 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4019 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4021 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4022 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4023 it is now time to do so. */
4025 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4026 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4030 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4032 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4033 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4034 it is now time to do so. */
4036 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4037 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4041 if (overlay_debugging
4042 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4043 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4044 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4053 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4057 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4059 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4062 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4066 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4068 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4069 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4070 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4071 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4075 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4076 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4079 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4096 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4097 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4100 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4104 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4109 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4111 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4112 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4113 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4114 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4115 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4117 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4118 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4122 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4132 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4135 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4140 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4142 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4148 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4150 enum bpstat_signal_value
4151 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4153 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4155 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4157 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4158 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4159 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4161 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4162 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4164 if (newval
> result
)
4171 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4172 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4173 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4174 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4176 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4177 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4179 Return 1 otherwise. */
4182 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4184 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4187 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4189 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4190 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4191 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4192 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4193 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4195 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4197 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4201 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4204 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4206 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4209 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4212 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4216 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4218 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4220 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4222 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4228 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4231 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4233 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4235 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4237 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4238 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4239 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4240 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4241 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4245 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4248 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4251 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4253 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4256 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4257 or its equivalent. */
4260 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4262 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4263 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4266 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4267 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4268 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4269 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4271 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4272 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4273 bpstat of the current thread. */
4276 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4279 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4282 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4284 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4287 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4288 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4290 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4292 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4295 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4296 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4298 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4299 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4300 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4302 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4304 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4305 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4306 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4307 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4308 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4309 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4310 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4311 the tree when we're done. */
4312 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4313 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4314 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4315 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4316 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4318 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4324 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4326 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4332 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4333 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4335 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4337 if (target_can_async_p ())
4338 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4339 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4340 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4343 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4344 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4345 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4346 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4347 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4348 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4349 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4350 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4351 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4352 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4353 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4354 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4355 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4360 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4365 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4367 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4369 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4370 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4371 && target_has_execution
4372 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4373 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4374 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4375 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4376 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4377 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4378 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4381 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4384 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4387 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4390 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4393 struct value_print_options opts
;
4394 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4395 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4399 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4400 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4401 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4402 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4405 static enum print_stop_action
4406 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4408 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4411 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4412 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4416 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4417 relevant messages. */
4418 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4421 case print_it_normal
:
4423 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4425 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4426 which has since been deleted. */
4428 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4430 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4431 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4436 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4437 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4442 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4445 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4448 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4450 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4454 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4455 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4456 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4459 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4460 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4463 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4464 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4465 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4469 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4473 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4474 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4477 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4483 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4487 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4492 struct so_list
*iter
;
4494 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4496 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4497 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4500 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4505 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4506 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4507 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4510 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4514 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4515 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4516 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4517 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4518 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4519 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4520 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4523 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4524 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4525 code to print the location. An example is
4526 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4528 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4529 to also print the location part of the message.
4530 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4531 don't require a location appended to the end.
4532 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4533 further info to be printed. */
4535 enum print_stop_action
4536 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4540 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4541 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4542 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4543 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4544 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4546 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4547 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4548 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4549 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4553 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4554 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4555 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4556 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4558 print_solib_event (0);
4559 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4562 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4563 with and nothing was printed. */
4564 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4567 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4568 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4569 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4570 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4573 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4575 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4576 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4578 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4582 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4585 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4589 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4591 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4592 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4593 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4594 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4595 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4596 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4597 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4599 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4603 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4604 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4607 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4609 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4611 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4613 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4615 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4616 as not triggered. */
4618 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4620 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4622 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4628 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4630 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4631 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4633 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4635 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4637 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4640 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4643 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4644 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4648 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4650 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4651 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4653 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4654 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4656 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4658 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4659 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4661 if (newaddr
== start
)
4663 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4667 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4668 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4672 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4681 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4682 because of check_errors). */
4683 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4684 #define WP_DELETED 1
4685 /* The value has changed. */
4686 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4687 /* The value has not changed. */
4688 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4689 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4692 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4693 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4695 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4698 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4699 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4702 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4704 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4705 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4706 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4707 int within_current_scope
;
4709 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4710 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4711 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4719 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4720 within_current_scope
= 1;
4723 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4724 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4725 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4727 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4728 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4729 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4730 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4731 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4732 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4733 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4734 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4735 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4739 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4740 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4742 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4743 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4744 if (within_current_scope
)
4746 struct symbol
*function
;
4748 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4749 if (function
== NULL
4750 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4751 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4752 within_current_scope
= 0;
4755 if (within_current_scope
)
4756 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4757 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4762 if (within_current_scope
)
4764 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4765 time before we return to the command level and call
4766 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4767 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4771 struct value
*new_val
;
4773 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4774 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4775 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4776 a mask watchpoint. */
4777 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4779 mark
= value_mark ();
4780 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4782 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4783 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4784 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4785 not what we want. */
4786 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4787 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4789 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4791 release_value (new_val
);
4792 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4794 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4797 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4801 /* Nothing changed. */
4802 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4803 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4808 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4810 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4811 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4812 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4813 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4814 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4815 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4816 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4817 the first value assigned). */
4818 /* We print all the stop information in
4819 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4820 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4821 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4823 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4825 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4826 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4827 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4829 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4830 which its expression is valid.\n");
4832 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4833 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4834 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4840 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4841 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4842 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4845 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4846 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4847 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4849 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4851 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4852 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4854 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4857 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4858 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4861 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4863 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4864 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4866 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4867 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4868 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4869 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4870 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4873 int must_check_value
= 0;
4875 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4876 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4878 must_check_value
= 1;
4879 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4880 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4881 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4883 must_check_value
= 1;
4884 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4885 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4886 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4887 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4888 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4889 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4890 must_check_value
= 1;
4892 if (must_check_value
)
4895 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4897 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4898 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4900 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4904 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4905 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4909 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4912 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4913 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4915 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4917 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4918 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4919 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4920 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4921 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4922 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4923 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4926 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4927 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4930 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4931 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4932 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4933 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4935 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4936 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4937 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4940 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4941 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4942 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4943 changes. This still gives false positives when
4944 the program writes the same value to memory as
4945 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4946 it for a read), but it's much better than
4949 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4951 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4953 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4955 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4956 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4957 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4959 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4960 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4962 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4963 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4965 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4971 if (other_write_watchpoint
4972 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4974 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4975 and the value changed since the last time we
4976 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4978 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4983 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4984 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4985 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4987 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4988 the value hasn't changed. */
4989 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4997 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4998 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4999 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5000 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5001 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5005 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5007 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5008 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5009 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5010 anything for this watchpoint. */
5011 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5018 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5019 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5020 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5023 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5025 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5026 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5027 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5029 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5030 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5031 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5032 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5033 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5035 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5036 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5037 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5039 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5040 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5044 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5045 struct expression
*cond
;
5047 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5048 method implemented. */
5049 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5050 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5052 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5054 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5061 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5063 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5064 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5066 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5067 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5068 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5069 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5071 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5073 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5074 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5078 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5079 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5080 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5081 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5082 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5084 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5085 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5088 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5090 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5091 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5092 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5093 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5094 really matter which instantiation of the function
5095 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5096 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5097 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5098 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5099 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5100 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5101 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5102 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5104 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5106 select_frame (frame
);
5108 within_current_scope
= 0;
5110 if (within_current_scope
)
5112 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5113 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5117 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5118 "in the current scope"));
5119 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5120 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5123 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5124 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5127 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5131 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5135 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5139 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5141 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5147 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5148 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5150 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5151 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5154 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5156 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5158 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5159 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5160 several reasons concurrently.)
5162 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5163 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5166 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5167 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5168 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5170 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5171 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5172 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5173 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5174 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5175 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5178 int need_remove_insert
;
5181 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5182 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5183 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5184 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5185 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5186 inferior function calls. */
5190 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5193 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5195 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5196 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5197 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5198 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5199 checked all locations already. */
5200 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5203 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5206 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5209 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5212 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5215 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5216 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5217 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5221 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5222 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5223 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5225 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5227 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5229 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5234 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5236 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5238 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5239 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5242 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5246 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5247 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5248 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5250 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5252 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5254 handle_solib_event ();
5259 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5260 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5261 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5265 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5270 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5271 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5274 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5279 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5281 /* We will stop here. */
5282 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5284 --(b
->enable_count
);
5285 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5286 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5287 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5292 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5293 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5294 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5295 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5301 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5303 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5304 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5307 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5308 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5309 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5311 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5312 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5313 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5315 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5316 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5318 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5320 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5321 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5324 if (need_remove_insert
)
5325 update_global_location_list (1);
5326 else if (removed_any
)
5327 update_global_location_list (0);
5333 handle_jit_event (void)
5335 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5336 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5338 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5339 breakpoint_re_set. */
5340 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5342 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5343 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5345 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5347 target_terminal_inferior ();
5350 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5353 handle_solib_event (void)
5355 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5357 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5358 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5359 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5360 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5362 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5364 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5366 target_terminal_inferior ();
5369 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5371 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5374 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5376 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5380 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5381 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5382 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5384 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5386 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5387 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5388 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5391 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5393 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5394 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5398 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5405 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5408 case bp_shlib_event
:
5412 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5414 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5417 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5420 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5421 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5422 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5426 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5428 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5432 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5433 This requires no further action. */
5437 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5439 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5440 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5442 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5443 case bp_exception_resume
:
5444 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5445 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5447 case bp_step_resume
:
5449 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5452 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5453 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5456 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5458 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5461 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5462 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5465 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5466 case bp_thread_event
:
5467 case bp_overlay_event
:
5468 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5469 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5470 case bp_exception_master
:
5471 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5477 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5479 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5483 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5484 This requires no further action. */
5489 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5492 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5493 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5494 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5495 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5497 case bp_std_terminate
:
5498 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5499 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5500 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5501 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5504 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5505 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5506 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5507 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5509 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5510 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5512 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5513 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5514 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5516 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5517 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5518 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5519 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5523 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5527 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5528 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5531 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5534 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5535 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5540 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5542 handle_jit_event ();
5545 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5547 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5553 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5554 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5565 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5566 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5567 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5570 bpstat_should_step (void)
5572 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5575 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5581 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5583 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5592 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5593 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5594 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5597 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5599 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5600 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5604 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5606 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5608 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5609 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5610 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5615 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5621 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5622 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5624 "host": Host evals condition.
5625 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5626 "target": Target evals condition.
5630 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5632 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5633 char host_evals
= 0;
5634 char target_evals
= 0;
5639 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5642 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5643 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5644 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5646 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5648 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5654 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5655 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5656 else if (target_evals
)
5657 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5659 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5662 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5663 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5666 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5668 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5671 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5672 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5673 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5675 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5676 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5678 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5681 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5684 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5685 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5687 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5688 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5690 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5694 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5696 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5698 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5701 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5704 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5705 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5706 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5707 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5708 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5709 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5711 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5712 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5713 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5716 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5717 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5719 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5723 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5724 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5726 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5728 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5730 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5733 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5735 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5736 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5737 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5739 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5740 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5741 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5742 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5745 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5749 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5751 struct ep_type_description
5756 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5758 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5759 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5761 {bp_until
, "until"},
5762 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5763 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5767 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5769 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5770 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5771 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5772 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5773 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5774 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5775 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5776 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5777 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5778 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5779 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5780 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5781 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5782 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5783 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5784 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5787 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5788 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5790 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5793 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5794 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5795 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5796 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5799 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5804 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5805 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5808 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5809 const char *field_name
,
5813 struct cleanup
*back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
,
5815 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5819 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5820 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5821 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5824 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5830 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5831 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5836 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5838 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5840 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5844 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5847 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5850 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5851 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5853 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5856 struct command_line
*l
;
5857 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5859 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5860 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5861 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5862 struct value_print_options opts
;
5864 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5866 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5867 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5868 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5871 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5872 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5880 if (part_of_multiple
)
5883 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5884 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5889 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5894 if (part_of_multiple
)
5895 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5901 if (part_of_multiple
)
5902 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5904 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5909 if (part_of_multiple
)
5910 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5912 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5913 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5914 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5918 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5920 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5921 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5922 make sure there's just one location. */
5923 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5924 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5930 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5931 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5935 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5936 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5937 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5939 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5941 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5942 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5943 is relatively readable). */
5944 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5945 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5947 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5952 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5956 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5959 case bp_exception_resume
:
5960 case bp_step_resume
:
5961 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5962 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5964 case bp_std_terminate
:
5965 case bp_shlib_event
:
5966 case bp_thread_event
:
5967 case bp_overlay_event
:
5968 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5969 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5970 case bp_exception_master
:
5972 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5973 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5977 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5978 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5981 if (header_of_multiple
)
5982 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5983 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5984 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5986 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5987 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5990 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5991 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5998 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6000 struct inferior
*inf
;
6001 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6006 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6007 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6010 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6011 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6013 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6014 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6015 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6016 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6017 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6018 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6020 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6021 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6024 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6026 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6028 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6029 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6030 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6031 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6033 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6035 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6036 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6040 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6042 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6043 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6045 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6049 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6051 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6052 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6056 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6059 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6063 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6065 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6066 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6067 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6068 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6069 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6071 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6072 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6073 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6074 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6076 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6079 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6081 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6082 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6083 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6084 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6087 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6091 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6092 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6093 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6094 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6095 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6098 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6099 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6100 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6101 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6103 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6107 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6108 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6109 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6113 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6116 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6117 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6118 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6121 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6122 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6123 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6124 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6127 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6128 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6129 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6130 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6133 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6134 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6135 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6138 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6140 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6142 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6144 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6145 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6146 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6150 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6151 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6153 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6156 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6157 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6158 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6161 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6163 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6165 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6167 annotate_field (10);
6168 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6169 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6170 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6173 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6175 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6177 annotate_field (11);
6179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6180 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6181 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6185 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6188 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6195 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6197 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6201 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6202 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6207 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6208 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6211 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6212 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6214 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6216 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6217 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6219 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6220 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6221 locations, if any. */
6222 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6224 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6225 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6226 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6229 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6230 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6232 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6233 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6235 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6238 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6240 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6241 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6242 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6243 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6250 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6252 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6253 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6255 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6259 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6260 an address to print. */
6261 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6264 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6265 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6266 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6269 return print_address_bits
;
6272 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6278 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6280 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6281 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6282 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6286 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6288 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6296 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6297 char **error_message
)
6299 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6302 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6304 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6305 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6311 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6312 internal or momentary. */
6315 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6317 return b
->number
> 0;
6320 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6321 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6322 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6323 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6324 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6325 breakpoints listed. */
6328 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6329 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6332 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6333 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6334 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6335 struct value_print_options opts
;
6336 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6337 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6338 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6340 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6342 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6343 required for address fields. */
6344 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6347 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6348 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6351 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6352 accept. Skip the others. */
6353 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6355 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6357 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6361 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6363 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6365 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6366 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6367 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6369 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6370 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6371 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6373 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6377 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6379 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6380 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6384 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6385 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6388 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6389 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6390 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6392 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6393 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6395 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6396 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6397 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6399 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6400 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6402 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6403 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6405 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6407 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6408 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6409 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6411 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6412 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6414 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6416 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6417 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6419 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6424 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6425 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6428 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6429 accept. Skip the others. */
6431 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6433 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6435 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6438 else /* all others */
6440 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6444 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6446 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6447 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6450 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6452 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6454 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6458 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6459 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6461 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6462 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6468 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6469 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6472 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6473 there have been breakpoints? */
6474 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6476 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6479 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6480 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6483 default_collect_info (void)
6485 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6487 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6488 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6490 if (!*default_collect
)
6493 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6495 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6496 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6497 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6501 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6503 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6505 default_collect_info ();
6509 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6511 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6512 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6514 if (num_printed
== 0)
6516 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6517 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6519 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6524 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6526 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6528 default_collect_info ();
6532 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6533 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6534 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6536 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6538 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6540 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6541 && bl
->address
== pc
6542 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6548 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6549 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6553 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6554 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6555 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6558 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6561 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6562 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6566 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6567 else /* if (others == ???) */
6568 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6570 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6573 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6574 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6575 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6576 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6577 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6578 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6579 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6580 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6582 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6586 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6588 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6589 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6590 printf_filtered (".\n");
6595 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6596 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6597 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6598 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6600 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6601 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6602 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6603 breakpoint at address zero:
6611 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6613 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6615 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6618 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6619 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6622 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6623 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6625 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6626 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6628 /* Both of them must exist. */
6629 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6630 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6632 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6633 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6634 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6635 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6636 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6637 other watchpoint. */
6639 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6641 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6644 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6646 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6650 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6651 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6652 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6653 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6654 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6655 become hw_access locations later. */
6656 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6657 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6658 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6659 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6662 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6663 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6664 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6665 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6668 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6669 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6671 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6672 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6676 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6677 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6678 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6679 space doesn't really matter. */
6682 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6683 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6686 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6687 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6688 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6691 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6692 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6693 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6694 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6697 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6698 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6701 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6704 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6705 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6709 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6710 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6711 true, otherwise returns false. */
6714 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6715 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6717 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6718 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6719 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6720 different locations. */
6721 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6726 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6727 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6728 represent the same location. */
6731 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6732 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6734 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6736 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6737 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6738 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6740 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6741 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6743 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6746 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6747 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6748 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6750 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6751 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6752 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6753 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6757 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6758 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6760 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6761 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6765 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6766 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6768 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6769 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6771 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6774 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6775 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6776 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6777 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6780 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6781 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6783 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6785 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6788 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6789 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6790 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6791 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6792 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6794 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6795 have their addresses modified. */
6800 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6802 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6803 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6804 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6806 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6807 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6809 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6810 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6812 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6817 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6818 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6820 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6822 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6827 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6828 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6831 switch (owner
->type
)
6837 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6838 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6840 case bp_exception_resume
:
6841 case bp_step_resume
:
6842 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6843 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6845 case bp_std_terminate
:
6846 case bp_shlib_event
:
6847 case bp_thread_event
:
6848 case bp_overlay_event
:
6850 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6851 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6852 case bp_exception_master
:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6854 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6856 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6857 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6859 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6860 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6861 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6864 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6865 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6866 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6871 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6872 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6873 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6876 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6882 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6884 static struct bp_location
*
6885 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6887 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6891 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6893 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6897 /* Increment reference count. */
6900 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6905 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6906 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6909 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6911 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6913 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6914 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6918 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6921 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6923 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6925 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6926 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6928 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6930 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6939 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6942 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6943 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6945 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6947 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6949 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6953 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6954 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6955 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6957 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6960 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6962 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6963 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6964 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6965 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6968 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6969 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6971 static struct breakpoint
*
6972 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6974 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6976 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6978 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6979 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6983 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6984 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6988 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6990 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6992 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6993 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6994 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6997 const char *function_name
;
6998 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7000 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7001 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7003 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7005 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7007 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7008 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7009 &loc
->requested_address
))
7011 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7012 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7013 loc
->requested_address
,
7016 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7017 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7019 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7020 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7021 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7022 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7024 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7029 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7033 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7035 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7038 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7040 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7045 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7046 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7047 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7049 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7050 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7051 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7054 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7055 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7056 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7058 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7060 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7062 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7063 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7065 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7066 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7068 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7069 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7072 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7073 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7074 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7075 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7076 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7077 is also returned as the value of this function.
7079 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7080 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7081 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7082 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7083 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7084 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7085 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7088 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7089 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7090 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7092 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7094 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7095 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7100 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7101 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7103 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7105 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7107 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7109 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7110 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7111 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7112 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7113 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7114 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7118 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7119 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7120 initiated the operation. */
7123 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7125 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7126 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7128 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7129 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7130 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7131 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7133 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7134 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7135 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7137 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7138 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7140 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7141 after their removal. */
7142 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7143 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7144 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7147 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7150 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7152 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7154 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7156 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7157 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7159 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7160 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7165 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7167 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7170 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7172 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7173 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7177 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7178 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7179 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7183 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7185 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7188 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7190 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7192 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7193 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7194 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7196 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7198 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7201 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7202 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7203 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7204 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7210 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7211 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7214 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7215 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7219 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7221 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7224 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7226 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7228 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7229 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7230 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7231 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7234 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7236 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7238 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7239 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7240 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7242 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7247 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7249 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7252 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7254 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7255 update_global_location_list (1);
7256 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7261 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7266 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7268 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7269 update_global_location_list (0);
7270 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7274 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7275 master breakpoint. */
7277 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7279 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7282 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7283 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7285 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7286 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7290 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7292 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7294 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7297 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7298 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7302 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7304 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7306 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7307 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7309 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7310 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7312 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7314 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7320 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7322 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7325 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7326 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7327 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7330 struct lang_and_radix
7336 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7339 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7341 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7343 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7344 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7345 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7349 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7352 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7354 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7357 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7358 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7359 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7363 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7365 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7367 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7368 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7369 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7370 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7374 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7376 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7378 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7379 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7380 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7384 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7385 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7388 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7390 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7392 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7394 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7395 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7397 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7398 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7399 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7400 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7401 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7402 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7403 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7404 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7405 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7406 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7407 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7409 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7411 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7415 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7420 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7421 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7425 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7427 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7428 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7430 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7431 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7432 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7433 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7434 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7435 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7438 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7440 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7441 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7443 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7444 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7445 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7446 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7447 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7448 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7449 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7450 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7451 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7453 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7454 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7455 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7456 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7459 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7460 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7462 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7464 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7465 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7466 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7469 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7474 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7476 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7477 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7478 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7479 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7480 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7482 struct fork_catchpoint
7484 /* The base class. */
7485 struct breakpoint base
;
7487 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7488 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7489 catchpoint has triggered. */
7490 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7493 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7497 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7499 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7502 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7506 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7508 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7511 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7515 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7516 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7517 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7519 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7521 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7524 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7528 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7531 static enum print_stop_action
7532 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7534 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7535 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7536 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7538 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7539 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7540 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7543 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7545 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7546 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7547 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7549 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7550 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7551 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7556 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7560 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7562 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7563 struct value_print_options opts
;
7564 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7566 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7568 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7569 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7571 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7572 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7574 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7575 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7577 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7578 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7579 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7580 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7583 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7584 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7587 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7591 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7593 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7596 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7600 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7603 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7606 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7608 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7610 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7614 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7616 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7619 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7623 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7625 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7628 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7632 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7633 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7634 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7636 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7638 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7641 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7645 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7648 static enum print_stop_action
7649 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7651 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7652 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7653 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7655 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7656 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7657 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7659 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7660 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7662 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7663 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7664 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7666 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7667 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7668 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7669 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7670 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7673 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7677 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7679 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7680 struct value_print_options opts
;
7681 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7683 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7684 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7685 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7687 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7688 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7690 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7691 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7693 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7694 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7695 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7696 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7700 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7703 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7707 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7709 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7712 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7716 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7718 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7719 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7722 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7724 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7726 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7727 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7728 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7729 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7730 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7732 struct solib_catchpoint
7734 /* The base class. */
7735 struct breakpoint base
;
7737 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7738 unsigned char is_load
;
7740 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7741 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7747 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7749 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7752 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7753 xfree (self
->regex
);
7755 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7759 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7765 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7771 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7772 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7774 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7776 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7777 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7779 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7784 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7786 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7789 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7792 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7795 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7797 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7806 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7808 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7809 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7814 struct so_list
*iter
;
7817 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7822 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7831 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7836 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7842 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7845 static enum print_stop_action
7846 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7848 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7849 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7851 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7852 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7853 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7855 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7856 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7857 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7858 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7859 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7860 print_solib_event (1);
7861 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7865 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7867 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7868 struct value_print_options opts
;
7869 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7872 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7873 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7874 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7876 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7879 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7886 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7888 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7893 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7895 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7902 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7906 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7908 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7910 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7911 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7915 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7917 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7920 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7921 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7927 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7929 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7930 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7931 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7932 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7933 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7934 created in an enabled state. */
7937 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7939 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7940 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7941 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7945 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7947 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7948 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7954 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7957 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7959 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7960 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7962 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7965 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7966 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7967 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7969 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7971 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7972 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7975 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7979 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7980 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7983 const int enabled
= 1;
7985 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7987 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7991 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7992 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7994 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7998 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7999 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8001 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8004 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8005 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8006 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8007 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8008 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8010 struct syscall_catchpoint
8012 /* The base class. */
8013 struct breakpoint base
;
8015 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8016 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8017 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8018 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8019 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8022 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8026 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8028 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8030 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8032 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8035 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8037 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8039 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8040 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8041 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8043 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8044 int any_syscall_count
;
8046 /* Count of each system call. */
8047 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8049 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8050 if any catching is necessary. */
8051 int total_syscalls_count
;
8054 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8055 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8057 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8059 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8060 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8062 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8063 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8070 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8076 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8080 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8082 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8083 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8084 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8085 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8087 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8088 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8089 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8095 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8100 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8102 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8103 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8104 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8106 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8107 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8108 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8110 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8111 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8113 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8114 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8118 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8119 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8120 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8122 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8124 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8127 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8131 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8133 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8134 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8135 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8136 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8138 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8139 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8140 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8146 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8150 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8151 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8153 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8154 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8158 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8159 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8160 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8162 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8164 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8167 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8171 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8172 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8173 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8175 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8176 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8177 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8178 int syscall_number
= 0;
8179 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8180 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8182 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8183 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8186 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8188 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8189 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8194 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8196 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8206 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8209 static enum print_stop_action
8210 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8212 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8213 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8214 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8215 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8216 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8217 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8219 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8222 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8224 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8226 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8228 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8229 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8231 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8232 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8234 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8235 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8236 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8237 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8238 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8240 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8242 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8243 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8245 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8247 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8250 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8252 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8254 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8257 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8261 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8262 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8264 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8265 struct value_print_options opts
;
8266 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8268 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8269 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8270 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8272 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8273 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8276 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8277 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8278 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8280 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8282 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8285 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8288 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8293 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8296 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8298 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8300 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8301 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8305 /* Remove the last comma. */
8306 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8307 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8310 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8311 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8313 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8314 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8317 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8321 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8323 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8325 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8329 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8332 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8335 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8339 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8342 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8344 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8346 printf_filtered (")");
8349 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8353 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8357 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8359 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8363 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8368 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8373 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8377 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8380 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8383 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8385 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8387 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8390 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8392 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8395 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8396 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8397 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8398 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8401 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8402 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8404 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8406 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8409 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8411 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8413 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8414 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8418 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8420 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8421 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8422 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8423 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8426 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8429 update_global_location_list (1);
8433 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8434 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8435 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8437 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8439 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8441 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8443 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8446 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8448 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8449 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8450 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8451 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8452 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8454 struct exec_catchpoint
8456 /* The base class. */
8457 struct breakpoint base
;
8459 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8460 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8462 char *exec_pathname
;
8465 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8469 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8471 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8473 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8475 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8479 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8481 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8485 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8487 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8491 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8492 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8493 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8495 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8497 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8500 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8504 static enum print_stop_action
8505 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8507 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8508 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8509 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8511 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8512 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8513 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8515 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8516 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8518 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8519 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8522 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8523 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8524 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8527 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8531 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8533 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8534 struct value_print_options opts
;
8535 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8537 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8539 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8540 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8541 is relatively readable). */
8542 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8543 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8545 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8546 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8548 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8549 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8550 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8553 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8554 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8558 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8560 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8563 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8567 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8570 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8573 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8576 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8577 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8579 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8580 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8582 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8583 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8584 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8586 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8590 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8593 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8594 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8598 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8599 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8601 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8603 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8610 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8614 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8617 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8619 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8622 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8624 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8626 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8632 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8633 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8634 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8635 types _not_ TYPE. */
8638 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8639 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8644 *other_type_used
= 0;
8649 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8652 if (b
->type
== type
)
8653 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8654 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8655 *other_type_used
= 1;
8662 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8664 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8668 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8670 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8671 update_global_location_list (0);
8677 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8683 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8685 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8686 update_global_location_list (1);
8692 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8694 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8695 update_global_location_list (0);
8699 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8701 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8702 breakpoint_re_set ();
8706 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8707 at address specified by SAL.
8708 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8711 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8712 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8714 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8716 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8718 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8720 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8721 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8722 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8723 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8725 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8726 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8728 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8729 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8731 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8736 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8737 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8740 static struct breakpoint
*
8741 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8743 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8745 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8747 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8748 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8749 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8751 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8752 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8753 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8754 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8755 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8756 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8757 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8758 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8759 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8760 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8761 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8763 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8764 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8765 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8767 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8771 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8775 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8777 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8781 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8785 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8788 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8790 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8792 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8793 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8795 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8799 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8802 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8804 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8807 printf_filtered ("\n");
8811 static struct bp_location
*
8812 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8813 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8815 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8816 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8817 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8819 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8820 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8822 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8823 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8824 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8825 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8826 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8827 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8828 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8831 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8832 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8833 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8834 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8839 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8840 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8841 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8842 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8843 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8844 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8845 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8846 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8847 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8849 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8850 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8855 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8856 return 0 otherwise. */
8859 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8863 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8864 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8865 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8868 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8870 addr
= loc
->address
;
8871 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8873 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8877 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8879 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8880 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8881 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8882 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8884 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8885 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8887 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8888 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8891 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8896 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8897 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8900 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8902 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8903 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8908 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8910 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8912 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8914 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8916 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8917 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8919 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8920 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8921 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8923 if (!dprintf_function
)
8924 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8926 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8927 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8932 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8936 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8938 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8939 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8942 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8943 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8947 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8948 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8950 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8951 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8953 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8955 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8957 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8958 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8959 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8960 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8961 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8962 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8965 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8966 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8967 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8968 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8969 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8970 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8972 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8976 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8977 current style settings. */
8980 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8981 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8983 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8987 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8988 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8992 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8993 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8994 as condition expression. */
8997 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8998 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8999 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9001 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9002 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9003 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9004 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9005 int display_canonical
)
9009 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9011 int target_resources_ok
;
9013 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9014 target_resources_ok
=
9015 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9017 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9018 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9019 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9020 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9023 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9025 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9027 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9028 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9032 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9034 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9036 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9037 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9042 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9046 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9047 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9048 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9049 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9050 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9052 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9053 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9055 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9057 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9058 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9060 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9062 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9063 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9064 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9068 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9070 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9072 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9073 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9075 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9077 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9079 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9081 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9082 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9084 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9086 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9089 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9090 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9097 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9098 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9102 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9103 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9107 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9109 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9110 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9112 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9115 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9116 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9117 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9119 if (b
->extra_string
)
9120 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9122 error (_("Format string required"));
9124 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9125 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9128 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9130 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9132 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9135 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9140 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9141 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9142 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9144 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9145 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9147 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9148 int display_canonical
)
9150 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9151 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9153 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9155 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9157 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9161 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9163 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9165 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9167 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9169 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9171 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9173 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9175 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9178 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9179 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9180 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9181 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9182 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9183 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9184 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9185 we take just a single condition string.
9187 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9188 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9189 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9190 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9191 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9194 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9195 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9196 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9197 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9198 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9199 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9200 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9203 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9205 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9206 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9208 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9210 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9211 'break', without arguments. */
9212 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9213 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9215 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9216 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9218 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9219 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9222 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9224 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9225 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9226 canonical
->special_display
);
9227 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9231 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9232 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9233 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9234 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9236 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9237 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9240 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9241 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9243 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9245 if ((*address
) == NULL
9246 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9248 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9250 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9252 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9253 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9256 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9257 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9258 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9260 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9261 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9262 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9263 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9264 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9265 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9267 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9269 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9270 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9271 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9272 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9273 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9275 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9277 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9278 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9279 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9281 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9284 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9288 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9290 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9291 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9292 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9293 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9295 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9296 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9297 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9299 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9300 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9301 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9302 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9303 get_last_displayed_line (),
9304 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9306 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9307 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9312 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9313 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9316 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9320 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9321 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9324 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9325 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9326 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9327 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9328 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9332 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9333 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9336 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9338 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9340 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9342 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9344 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9346 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9347 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9348 associated with SAL. */
9351 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9353 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9356 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9357 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9359 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9363 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9365 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9366 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9368 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9371 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9372 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9373 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9374 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9375 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9376 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9379 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9380 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9383 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9390 const char *end_tok
;
9392 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9393 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9395 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9397 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9399 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9403 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9405 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9407 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9409 struct expression
*expr
;
9411 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9412 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9415 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9417 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9422 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9424 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9425 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9426 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9429 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9434 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9436 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9437 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9438 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9443 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9447 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9451 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9453 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9454 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9456 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9457 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9458 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9459 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9464 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9466 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9468 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9469 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9471 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9472 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9473 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9475 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9476 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9478 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9480 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9482 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9484 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9486 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9487 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9489 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9492 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9498 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9499 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9500 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9501 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9502 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9503 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9504 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9505 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9506 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9510 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9511 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9512 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9513 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9514 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9516 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9517 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9518 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9521 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9522 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9523 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9524 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9525 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9526 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9529 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9531 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9533 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9535 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9537 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9538 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9541 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9545 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9551 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9553 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9556 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9557 throw_exception (e
);
9559 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9561 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9562 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9563 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9564 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9565 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9568 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9569 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9570 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9571 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9573 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9575 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9576 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9577 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9578 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9579 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9581 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9585 throw_exception (e
);
9589 throw_exception (e
);
9592 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9593 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9595 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9596 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9597 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9598 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9599 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9601 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9602 are ok for the target. */
9606 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9608 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9609 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9612 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9613 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9616 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9618 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9619 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9622 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9623 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9627 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9629 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9631 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9634 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9635 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9636 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9637 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9639 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9640 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9642 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9644 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9646 extra_string
= rest
;
9650 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9653 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9654 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9656 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9659 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9660 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9664 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9665 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9666 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9667 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9668 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9672 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9674 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9676 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9678 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9680 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9684 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9686 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9688 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9689 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9690 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9693 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9696 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9697 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9699 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9701 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9702 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9703 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9704 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9705 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9706 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9707 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9708 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9710 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9713 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9715 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9716 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9717 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9720 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9722 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9723 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9724 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9726 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9727 update_global_location_list (1);
9732 /* Set a breakpoint.
9733 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9734 condition, and thread.
9735 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9736 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9740 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9742 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9743 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9744 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9746 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9747 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9749 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9750 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9751 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9753 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9755 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9757 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9758 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9759 0 /* Ignore count */,
9760 pending_break_support
,
9768 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9771 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9775 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9777 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9778 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9779 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9782 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9783 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9784 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9785 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9788 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9790 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9794 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9797 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9800 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9801 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9805 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9806 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9807 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9808 happen in assembly source). */
9810 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9811 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9813 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9815 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9817 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9819 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9826 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9828 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9832 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9834 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9838 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9840 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9844 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9846 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9850 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9852 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9853 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9854 stop at <line>\n"));
9858 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9862 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9864 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9869 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9870 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9871 function/method name. */
9872 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9874 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9879 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9881 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9885 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9887 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9891 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9895 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9902 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9903 it is probably a line number. */
9904 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9906 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9911 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9913 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9917 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9919 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9922 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9923 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9924 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9928 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9930 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9932 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9934 0 /* Ignore count */,
9935 pending_break_support
,
9936 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9944 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9946 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9949 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9950 ranged breakpoints. */
9953 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9954 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9956 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9958 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9959 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9962 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9963 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9966 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9967 ranged breakpoints. */
9970 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9972 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9975 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9976 ranged breakpoints. */
9978 static enum print_stop_action
9979 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9981 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9982 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9983 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9985 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9987 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9988 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9990 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9991 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9992 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9994 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9995 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9997 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9998 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9999 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10001 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10002 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10004 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10007 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10008 ranged breakpoints. */
10011 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10012 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10014 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10015 struct value_print_options opts
;
10016 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10018 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10019 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10021 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10023 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10024 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10025 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10026 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10027 annotate_field (5);
10028 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10032 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10033 ranged breakpoints. */
10036 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10037 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10039 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10040 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10041 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10042 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10046 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10047 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10049 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10050 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10051 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10052 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10053 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10054 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10056 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10059 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10060 ranged breakpoints. */
10063 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10065 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10066 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10069 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10071 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10074 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10075 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10076 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10079 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10080 ranged breakpoints. */
10083 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10086 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10087 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10090 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10092 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10094 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10095 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10096 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10097 last instruction of the given line. */
10100 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10104 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10105 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10106 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10113 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10115 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10117 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10124 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10127 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10129 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10130 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10131 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10133 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10134 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10135 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10136 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10138 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10139 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10140 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10142 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10143 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10144 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10146 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10147 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10149 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10150 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10151 error(_("No address range specified."));
10153 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10156 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10158 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10161 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10162 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10163 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10165 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10167 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10168 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10169 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10171 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10172 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10173 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10175 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10176 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10178 /* Parse the end location. */
10180 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10183 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10184 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10185 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10186 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10187 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10188 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10189 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10190 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10192 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10194 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10195 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10197 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10198 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10199 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10200 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10202 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10203 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10204 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10206 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10207 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10208 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10210 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10212 /* Length overflowed. */
10213 error (_("Address range too large."));
10214 else if (length
== 1)
10216 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10217 the `hbreak' command. */
10218 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10220 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10225 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10226 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10227 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10228 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10229 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10230 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10231 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10232 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10233 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10235 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10238 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10239 update_global_location_list (1);
10242 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10243 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10244 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10248 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10250 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10256 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10257 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10260 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10270 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10271 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10272 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10273 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10274 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10276 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10304 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10307 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10308 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10313 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10314 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10315 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10316 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10317 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10318 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10319 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10321 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10322 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10327 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10329 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10330 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10331 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10332 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10334 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10335 are always constant. */
10337 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10339 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10340 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10341 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10346 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10347 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10348 then it is not a constant. */
10357 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10360 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10362 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10364 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10366 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10367 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10368 value_free (w
->val
);
10370 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10373 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10376 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10378 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10380 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10381 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10383 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10384 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10385 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10386 are loaded and unloaded.
10388 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10389 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10390 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10391 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10392 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10393 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10395 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10396 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10397 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10398 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10400 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10401 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10403 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10404 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10405 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10408 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10411 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10413 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10414 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10416 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10420 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10423 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10425 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10426 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10428 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10433 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10434 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10435 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10437 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10438 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10440 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10441 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10442 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10443 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10444 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10445 (did not match the data address). */
10446 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10447 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10454 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10456 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10458 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10461 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10462 hardware watchpoints. */
10465 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10467 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10468 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10470 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10473 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10474 hardware watchpoints. */
10477 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10479 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10480 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10483 static enum print_stop_action
10484 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10486 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10487 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10488 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10489 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10490 enum print_stop_action result
;
10491 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10492 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10494 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10496 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10497 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10498 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10500 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10501 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10505 case bp_watchpoint
:
10506 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10507 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10508 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10509 ui_out_field_string
10511 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10513 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10514 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10515 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10516 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10517 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10518 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10519 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10521 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10522 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10525 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10526 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10527 ui_out_field_string
10529 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10531 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10532 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10533 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10534 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10535 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10536 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10539 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10540 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10542 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10543 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10544 ui_out_field_string
10546 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10548 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10549 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10550 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10551 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10557 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10558 ui_out_field_string
10560 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10561 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10564 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10565 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10566 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10567 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10570 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10573 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10577 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10581 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10583 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10584 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10585 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10589 case bp_watchpoint
:
10590 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10591 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10593 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10594 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10595 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10597 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10598 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10599 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10601 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10602 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10603 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10606 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10607 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10610 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10611 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10612 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10613 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10616 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10620 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10622 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10626 case bp_watchpoint
:
10627 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10628 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10630 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10633 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10637 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10638 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10642 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10645 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10647 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10649 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10650 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10653 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10655 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10657 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10658 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10661 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10662 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10665 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10667 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10669 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10670 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10673 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10674 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10677 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10679 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10681 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10684 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10685 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10688 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10693 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10694 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10696 static enum print_stop_action
10697 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10699 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10700 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10702 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10703 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10707 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10708 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10709 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10710 ui_out_field_string
10712 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10715 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10716 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10717 ui_out_field_string
10719 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10722 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10723 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10724 ui_out_field_string
10726 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10729 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10730 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10734 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10735 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10736 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10737 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10739 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10740 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10743 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10744 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10747 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10748 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10750 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10752 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10753 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10755 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10756 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10757 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10760 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10761 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10764 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10766 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10767 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10768 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10772 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10773 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10774 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10776 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10777 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10778 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10780 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10781 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10782 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10785 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10786 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10789 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10790 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10791 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10792 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10795 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10796 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10799 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10801 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10806 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10807 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10809 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10812 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10816 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10817 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10820 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10822 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10825 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10827 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10829 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10832 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10834 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10837 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10838 hw_read: watch read,
10839 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10841 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10842 int just_location
, int internal
)
10844 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10845 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10846 struct expression
*exp
;
10847 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10848 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10849 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10850 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10851 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10852 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10854 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10855 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10856 enum bptype bp_type
;
10859 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10860 the hardware watchpoint. */
10862 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10863 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10865 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10867 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10868 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10870 const char *value_start
;
10872 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10874 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10875 of the arguments string. */
10876 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10878 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10879 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10882 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10883 This is the value of the parameter. */
10884 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10886 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10888 /* Skip whitespace. */
10889 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10894 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10895 This is the parameter itself. */
10896 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10899 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10901 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10903 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10904 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10905 only in a specific thread. */
10909 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10911 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10912 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10914 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10916 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10917 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10919 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10920 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10921 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10923 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10925 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10926 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10928 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10931 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10933 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10935 mark
= value_mark ();
10936 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10937 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10938 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10941 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10944 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10945 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10952 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10953 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10955 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10956 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10957 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
10958 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
10959 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10961 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10962 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10964 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10967 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10968 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10972 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10973 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10975 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10978 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10979 mark
= value_mark ();
10980 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10986 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10987 val
= value_addr (result
);
10988 release_value (val
);
10989 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10993 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10996 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10997 else if (ret
== -2)
10998 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11001 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11002 release_value (val
);
11004 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11005 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11007 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11008 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11010 struct expression
*cond
;
11012 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11013 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11014 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11016 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11017 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11018 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11024 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11026 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11027 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11028 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11029 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11031 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11033 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11035 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11036 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11037 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11038 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11039 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11041 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11044 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11045 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11046 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11047 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11049 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11051 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11052 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11054 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11055 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11057 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11058 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11059 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11060 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11061 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11062 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11063 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11064 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11065 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11069 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11071 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11074 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11075 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11077 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11078 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11079 b
->thread
= thread
;
11080 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11081 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11083 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11084 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11087 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11088 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11091 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11092 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11094 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11095 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11098 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11099 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11101 /* The above expression is in C. */
11102 b
->language
= language_c
;
11105 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11109 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11118 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11120 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11124 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11125 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11129 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11130 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11133 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11135 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11136 need to act on them together. */
11137 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11138 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11141 if (!just_location
)
11142 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11144 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11146 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11147 that should be inserted. */
11148 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11152 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11153 throw_exception (e
);
11156 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11157 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11160 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11161 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11164 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11166 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11167 struct value
*head
= v
;
11169 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11170 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11173 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11174 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11175 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11176 hardware watchpoint.
11178 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11179 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11180 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11181 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11182 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11183 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11184 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11185 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11186 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11188 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11189 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11190 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11191 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11192 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11194 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11196 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11197 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11198 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11199 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11200 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11201 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11205 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11206 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11207 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11209 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11210 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11211 middle of some value chain. */
11213 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11214 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11216 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11220 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11221 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11222 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11224 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11228 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11232 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11233 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11234 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11235 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11236 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11239 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11240 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11241 return found_memory_cnt
;
11245 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11247 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11250 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11251 calls watch_command_1. */
11254 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11256 int just_location
= 0;
11259 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11260 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11262 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11266 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11270 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11272 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11276 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11278 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11282 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11284 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11288 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11290 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11294 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11296 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11300 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11301 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11303 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11305 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11306 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11310 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11311 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11312 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11315 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11317 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11319 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11320 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11321 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11322 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11326 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11328 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11329 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11330 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11331 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11332 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11333 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11334 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11335 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11336 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11338 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11340 clear_proceed_status ();
11342 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11345 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11346 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11347 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11348 get_last_displayed_line ());
11350 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11351 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11353 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11354 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11356 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11357 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11360 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11362 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11364 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11367 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11369 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11370 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11371 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11374 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11375 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11376 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11377 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11379 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11382 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11384 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11386 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11387 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11388 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11392 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11394 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11395 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11398 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11402 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11403 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11404 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11405 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11407 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11408 only at the very same frame. */
11409 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11410 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11411 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11413 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11415 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11416 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11417 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11418 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11420 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11422 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11423 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11425 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11426 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11427 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11429 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11430 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11431 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11435 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11438 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11439 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11441 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11442 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11443 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11444 if clause in the arg string. */
11447 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11451 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11454 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11457 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11458 condition string. */
11459 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11460 cond_string
= *arg
;
11462 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11464 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11466 return cond_string
;
11469 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11470 process start/exit, etc. */
11474 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11475 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11480 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11481 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11483 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11484 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11485 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11488 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11489 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11490 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11494 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11496 /* The allowed syntax is:
11498 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11500 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11501 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11503 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11504 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11506 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11507 and enable reporting of such events. */
11510 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11511 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11512 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11513 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11515 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11516 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11517 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11518 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11521 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11527 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11528 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11530 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11531 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11533 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11535 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11539 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11541 /* The allowed syntax is:
11543 catch exec if <cond>
11545 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11546 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11548 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11549 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11551 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11552 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11553 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11554 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11556 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11559 static enum print_stop_action
11560 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11562 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11563 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11564 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11566 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11568 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11569 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11570 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11573 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11574 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11575 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11577 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11578 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11579 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11580 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11581 : " (exception caught), ");
11582 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11584 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11585 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11586 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11587 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11589 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11593 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11594 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11596 struct value_print_options opts
;
11597 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11599 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11600 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11602 annotate_field (4);
11603 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11604 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11606 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11607 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11609 annotate_field (5);
11611 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11612 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11614 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11615 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11616 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "throw");
11620 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11621 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11622 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "catch");
11627 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11629 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11633 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11634 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11635 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11636 : _("Catchpoint "));
11637 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11638 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11642 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11643 catch catchpoints. */
11646 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11647 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11652 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11653 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11654 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11655 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11656 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11659 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11662 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11663 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11665 char *trigger_func_name
;
11667 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11668 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11670 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11672 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11673 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11674 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11675 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11677 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11678 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11686 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11689 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11690 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11692 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11696 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11698 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11700 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11701 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11703 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11704 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11705 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11707 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11710 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11713 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11716 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11718 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11720 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11723 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11726 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11728 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11730 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11734 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11735 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11736 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11738 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11744 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11746 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11748 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11749 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11750 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11751 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11752 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11753 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11754 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11755 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11756 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11757 enough for now, though. */
11760 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11762 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11763 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11764 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11765 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11768 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11769 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11771 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11773 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11774 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11776 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11778 int i
, syscall_number
;
11780 char cur_name
[128];
11783 /* Skip whitespace. */
11784 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11786 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11787 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11788 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11791 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11792 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11793 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11794 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11797 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11799 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11801 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11802 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11803 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11804 syscall number to be caught. */
11805 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11808 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11809 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11812 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11816 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11819 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11820 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11825 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11827 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11828 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11829 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11830 this architecture yet."));
11832 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11834 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11836 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11837 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11838 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11839 for his/her architecture. */
11840 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11842 /* The allowed syntax is:
11844 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11846 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11849 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11853 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11854 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11858 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11860 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11865 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11867 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11870 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11873 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11875 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11876 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11877 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11878 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11880 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11882 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11885 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11889 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11892 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11895 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11897 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11898 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11901 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11902 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11904 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11908 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11909 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11910 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11911 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11916 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11917 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11918 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11919 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11921 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11922 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11923 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11924 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11925 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11926 error (_("No source file specified."));
11928 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11934 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11935 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11936 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11937 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11939 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11940 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11941 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11942 due to optimization, all in one block.
11944 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11945 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11946 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11947 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11948 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11949 to support that. */
11951 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11952 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11953 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11957 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11958 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11960 const char *sal_fullname
;
11962 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11963 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11964 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11967 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11972 1 0 <can't happen> */
11974 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11975 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11976 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11978 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11982 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11983 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11985 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11986 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11988 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11989 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11990 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11992 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11993 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11994 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11995 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11996 int line_match
= 0;
11998 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11999 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12000 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12001 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12002 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12003 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12004 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12007 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12016 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12020 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12021 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12024 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12026 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12029 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12030 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12031 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12032 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12033 compare_breakpoints
);
12034 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12035 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12039 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12044 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12045 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12048 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12049 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12051 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12054 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12057 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12058 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12061 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12063 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12066 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12067 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12068 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12071 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12073 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12075 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12076 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12077 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12079 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12083 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12084 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12088 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12089 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12090 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12091 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12092 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12093 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12096 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12098 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12099 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12100 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12101 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12102 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12104 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12105 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12107 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12108 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12111 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12112 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12113 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12115 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12116 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12117 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12119 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12120 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12121 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12123 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12124 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12125 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12127 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12130 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12131 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12132 content of the bp_location array. */
12135 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12137 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12139 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12140 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12144 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12146 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12149 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12150 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12152 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12153 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12154 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12155 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12157 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12159 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12160 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12161 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12162 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12166 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12169 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12171 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12172 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12174 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12177 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12179 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12181 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12182 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12183 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12185 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12186 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12187 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12190 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12192 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12193 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12194 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12195 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12198 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12200 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12203 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12205 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12206 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12207 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12208 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12211 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12214 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12217 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12219 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12220 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12221 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12222 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12224 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12225 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12226 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12227 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12228 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12230 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12231 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12232 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12233 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12234 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12235 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12236 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12237 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12240 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12241 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12242 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12246 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12248 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12249 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12250 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12253 address
= bl
->address
;
12254 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12256 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12257 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12258 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12260 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12261 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12264 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12265 the same program space as the location
12266 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12267 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12272 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12273 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12276 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12277 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12278 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12279 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12280 that have already been marked. */
12281 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12283 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12285 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12287 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12288 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12293 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12294 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12295 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12296 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12297 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12298 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12299 returns true on them.
12301 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12302 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12303 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12304 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12305 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12306 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12309 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12311 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12312 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12313 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12314 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12315 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12316 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12317 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12319 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12320 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12321 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12322 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12323 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12325 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12326 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12327 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12328 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12330 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12331 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12332 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12333 unsigned old_location_count
;
12335 old_location
= bp_location
;
12336 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12337 bp_location
= NULL
;
12338 bp_location_count
= 0;
12339 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12342 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12343 bp_location_count
++;
12345 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12346 locp
= bp_location
;
12347 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12348 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12350 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12351 bp_location_compare
);
12353 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12355 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12356 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12357 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12358 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12359 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12362 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12363 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12365 locp
= bp_location
;
12366 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12369 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12370 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12372 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12373 not, we have to free it. */
12374 int found_object
= 0;
12375 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12376 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12379 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12380 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12381 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12382 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12386 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12387 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12390 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12391 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12392 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12394 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12395 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12396 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12398 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12399 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12402 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12406 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12407 have to go through updates again. */
12408 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12410 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12412 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12414 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12415 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12416 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12417 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12418 at certain location is not inserted. */
12420 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12422 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12425 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12427 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12428 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12429 keep_in_target
= 1;
12433 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12434 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12435 remove its target-side condition. */
12437 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12438 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12439 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12440 this one from the target. */
12442 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12443 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12446 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12447 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12450 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12452 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12454 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12455 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12456 supported, but the latter are. */
12457 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12459 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12460 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12463 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12464 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12466 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12467 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12469 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12470 keep_in_target
= 1;
12478 if (!keep_in_target
)
12480 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12482 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12483 this location on the global list, and try to
12484 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12485 reason why we will succeed next time.
12487 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12488 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12489 only after calling us. */
12490 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12491 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12492 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12500 if (removed
&& non_stop
12501 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12502 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12504 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12505 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12506 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12507 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12508 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12509 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12510 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12511 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12512 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12513 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12514 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12515 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12516 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12517 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12520 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12521 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12523 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12524 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12525 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12526 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12527 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12528 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12529 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12530 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12531 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12532 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12533 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12534 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12535 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12538 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12539 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12540 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12541 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12543 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12544 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12545 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12546 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12547 traps we can no longer explain. */
12549 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12550 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12552 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12556 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12557 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12562 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12563 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12564 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12565 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12566 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12567 are sorted first for the same address.
12569 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12570 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12572 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12573 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12574 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12575 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12576 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12578 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12580 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12583 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12584 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12585 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12586 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12587 `struct bp_location'. */
12588 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12590 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12591 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12595 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12596 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12597 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12598 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12599 "actually inserted"));
12601 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12602 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12603 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12604 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12605 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12606 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12608 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12610 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12611 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12612 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12614 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12615 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12617 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12619 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12620 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12621 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12627 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12628 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12629 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12631 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12632 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12634 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12635 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12637 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12638 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12639 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12640 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12641 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12644 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12645 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12646 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12649 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12652 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12653 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12654 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12656 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12661 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12663 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12667 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12669 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12672 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12673 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12675 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12676 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12682 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12684 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12686 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12687 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12690 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12693 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12697 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12698 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12700 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12701 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12702 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12706 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12708 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12710 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12712 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12716 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12720 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12722 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12723 struct value_print_options opts
;
12725 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12727 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12729 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12731 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12735 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12737 printf_filtered (" at ");
12738 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12741 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12743 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12745 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12746 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12747 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12748 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12750 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12751 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12752 real situation somewhat. */
12753 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12758 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12760 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12762 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12767 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12770 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12772 xfree (self
->cond
);
12773 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12774 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12775 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12778 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12783 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12787 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12789 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12790 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12791 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12792 xfree (self
->filter
);
12793 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12796 static struct bp_location
*
12797 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12799 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12801 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12802 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12807 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12809 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12812 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12813 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12816 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12822 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12824 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12828 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12829 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12831 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12833 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12837 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12842 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12846 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12848 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12851 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12855 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12857 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12860 static enum print_stop_action
12861 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12863 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12867 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12868 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12874 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12876 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12880 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12882 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12886 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12887 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12888 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12892 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12896 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12897 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12898 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12900 char *extra_string
,
12901 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12902 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12904 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12905 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12906 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12907 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12909 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12913 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12914 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12916 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12919 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12921 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12922 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12924 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12927 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12929 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12930 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12931 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12932 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12933 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12934 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12935 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12936 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12937 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12938 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12940 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12941 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12942 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12943 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12944 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12945 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12946 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12949 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12952 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12954 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12955 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12957 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12958 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12962 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12966 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12968 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12969 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12972 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12977 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12979 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12980 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12982 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12986 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12987 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12988 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12990 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12992 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12993 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12996 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13000 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13001 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13002 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13009 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13011 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13016 static enum print_stop_action
13017 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13019 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13020 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13022 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13024 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13026 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13027 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13029 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13030 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13031 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13034 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13036 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13038 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13041 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13042 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13043 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13045 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13046 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13048 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13052 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13054 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13059 case bp_breakpoint
:
13060 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13061 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13062 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13064 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13065 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13066 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13067 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13069 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13070 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13073 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13081 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13083 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13085 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13086 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13087 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13088 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13090 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13093 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13094 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13096 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13097 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13101 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13102 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13103 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13104 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13106 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13107 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13111 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13112 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13113 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13115 char *extra_string
,
13116 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13117 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13119 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13120 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13121 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13122 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13124 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13125 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13127 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13128 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13129 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13133 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13134 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13136 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13139 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13142 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13146 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13147 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13148 case bp_overlay_event
:
13149 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13150 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13151 case bp_exception_master
:
13152 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13155 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13156 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13157 case bp_shlib_event
:
13159 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13160 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13161 case bp_thread_event
:
13167 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13169 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13171 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13172 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13173 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13174 objects (among other things). */
13175 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13176 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13182 static enum print_stop_action
13183 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13185 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13186 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13188 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13192 case bp_shlib_event
:
13193 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13194 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13195 to shlib event" message.) */
13196 print_solib_event (0);
13199 case bp_thread_event
:
13200 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13201 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13202 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13205 case bp_overlay_event
:
13206 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13207 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13210 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13211 /* These should never be enabled. */
13212 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13215 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13216 /* These should never be enabled. */
13217 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13218 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13221 case bp_exception_master
:
13222 /* These should never be enabled. */
13223 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13224 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13228 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13232 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13234 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13237 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13240 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13242 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13243 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13244 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13245 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13249 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13251 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13254 static enum print_stop_action
13255 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13257 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13259 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13261 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13266 ui_out_field_string
13268 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13272 ui_out_field_string
13274 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13279 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13283 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13285 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13288 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13290 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13291 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13294 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13296 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13299 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13301 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13304 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13307 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13309 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13313 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13315 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13322 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13324 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13325 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13327 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13331 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13332 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13333 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13334 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13336 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13338 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13340 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13341 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13343 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13347 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13348 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13350 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13352 error (_("probe not found"));
13355 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13358 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13360 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13364 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13365 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13366 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13368 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13374 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13375 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13377 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13378 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13380 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13382 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13383 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13384 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13385 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13390 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13392 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13397 case bp_tracepoint
:
13398 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13399 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13401 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13402 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13403 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13405 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13406 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13407 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13410 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13411 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13418 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13420 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13422 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13424 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13426 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13427 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13429 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13430 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13432 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13433 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13435 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13440 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13441 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13442 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13443 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13445 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13446 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13450 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13451 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13452 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13454 char *extra_string
,
13455 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13456 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13458 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13459 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13460 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13461 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13463 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13464 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13466 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13467 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13468 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13472 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13473 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13475 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13478 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13480 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13484 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13485 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13486 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13487 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13489 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13490 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13491 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13495 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13496 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13498 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13499 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13502 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13504 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13508 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13509 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13510 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13511 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13513 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13515 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13517 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13519 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13520 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13521 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13525 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13526 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13527 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13529 char *extra_string
,
13530 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13531 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13533 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13534 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13535 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13536 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13540 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13541 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13542 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13543 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13544 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13545 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13547 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13549 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13550 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13551 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13554 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13555 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13557 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13558 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13560 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13561 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13563 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13564 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13565 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13566 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13567 canonical
->special_display
);
13568 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13569 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13570 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13571 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13572 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13573 corresponds to this one */
13574 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13576 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13578 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13583 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13584 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13586 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13588 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13589 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13591 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13595 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13598 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13601 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13603 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13606 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13610 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13612 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13614 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13616 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13617 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13620 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13621 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13622 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13623 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13624 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13627 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13628 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13629 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13630 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13632 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13635 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13636 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13637 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13639 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13640 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13642 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13643 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13644 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13645 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13649 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13651 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13652 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13653 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13654 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13655 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13658 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13659 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13660 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13661 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13663 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13665 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13666 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13669 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13671 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13675 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13677 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13678 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13679 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13680 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13681 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13682 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13683 commands won't work. */
13685 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13687 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13688 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13689 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13690 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13691 might be better design to have location completely
13692 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13693 update_global_location_list (0);
13695 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13696 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13697 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13698 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13703 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13705 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13709 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13711 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13714 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13715 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13718 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13719 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13723 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13728 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13730 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13731 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13733 if (next
== related
)
13735 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13736 function (related
, data
);
13738 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13739 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13744 function (related
, data
);
13748 while (related
!= b
);
13752 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13754 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13757 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13758 delete_breakpoint. */
13761 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13763 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13767 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13769 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13775 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13777 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13778 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13779 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13781 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13783 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13787 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13789 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13792 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13793 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13797 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13801 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13803 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13804 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13805 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13810 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13811 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13812 Null names are ignored. */
13815 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13817 struct bp_location
*l
;
13818 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13819 (int (*) (const void *,
13820 const void *)) streq
,
13821 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13823 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13826 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13828 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13832 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13834 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13838 htab_delete (htab
);
13844 htab_delete (htab
);
13848 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13849 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13850 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13851 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13852 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13853 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13854 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13855 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13858 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13859 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13860 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13861 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13862 in the sources, and output a warning.
13864 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13865 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13866 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13867 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13868 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13871 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13872 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13873 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13874 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13875 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13876 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13877 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13878 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13879 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13881 static struct symtab_and_line
13882 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13884 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13885 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13890 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13892 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13894 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13895 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13897 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13899 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13900 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13901 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13906 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13908 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13910 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13911 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13913 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13916 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13918 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13920 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13921 struct symbol
*sym
;
13922 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13923 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13925 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13927 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13928 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13930 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13931 "found at previous line number"),
13932 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13936 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13938 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13939 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13940 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13943 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13944 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13945 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13947 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13948 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13949 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13953 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13955 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13958 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13959 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13961 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13962 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13964 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13965 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13966 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13967 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13969 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13972 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13978 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13979 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13982 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13986 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13989 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13992 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13999 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14005 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14006 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14007 a ranged breakpoint. */
14010 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14011 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14012 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14015 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14017 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14019 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14021 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14022 update_global_location_list (1);
14023 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14024 "multiple locations found\n"),
14029 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14030 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14031 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14032 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14033 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14034 individual locations. */
14035 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14040 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14042 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14044 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14046 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14048 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14050 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14053 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14055 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14056 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14058 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14059 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14064 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14065 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14066 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14067 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14071 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14073 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14075 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14079 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14080 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14081 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14083 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14086 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14087 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14088 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14089 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14090 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14091 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14092 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14094 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14096 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14098 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14099 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14101 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14102 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14110 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14111 if (l
->function_name
14112 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14122 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14123 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14125 update_global_location_list (1);
14128 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14129 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14131 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14132 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14135 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14136 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14138 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14141 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14143 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14147 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14148 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14149 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14150 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14151 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14152 state, then user already saw the message about that
14153 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14155 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14156 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14157 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14158 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14159 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14160 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14162 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14164 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14165 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14166 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14167 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14168 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14169 which approach is better. */
14170 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14171 throw_exception (e
);
14175 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14179 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14180 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14181 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14183 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14186 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14187 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14190 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14191 b
->thread
= thread
;
14194 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14195 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14198 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14199 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14209 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14210 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14214 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14217 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14218 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14219 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14221 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14224 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14228 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14230 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14233 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14234 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14238 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14241 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14242 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14245 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14246 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14247 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14248 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14250 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14253 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14254 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14258 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14259 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14260 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14262 char *extra_string
,
14263 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14264 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14266 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14267 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14268 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14269 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14271 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14273 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14274 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14275 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14278 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14279 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14282 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14283 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14285 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14287 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14288 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14289 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14290 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14293 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14294 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14296 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14298 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14300 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14301 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14302 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14304 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14307 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14310 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14312 static struct cleanup
*
14313 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14315 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14317 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14318 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14319 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14320 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14321 set_language (b
->language
);
14326 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14327 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14328 Unused in this case. */
14331 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14333 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14334 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14335 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14337 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14338 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14339 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14343 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14345 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14347 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14348 enum language save_language
;
14349 int save_input_radix
;
14350 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14352 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14353 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14354 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14358 /* Format possible error msg. */
14359 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14361 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14362 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14363 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14365 set_language (save_language
);
14366 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14368 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14370 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14372 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14373 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14374 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14375 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14378 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14380 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14381 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14383 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14385 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14387 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14388 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14390 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14391 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14392 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14394 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14398 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14399 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14400 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14403 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14405 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14411 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14413 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14415 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14416 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14421 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14425 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14426 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14428 else if (count
== 1)
14429 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14432 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14433 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14436 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14440 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14443 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14446 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14452 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14454 num
= get_number (&p
);
14456 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14458 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14460 set_ignore_count (num
,
14461 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14464 printf_filtered ("\n");
14467 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14468 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14471 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14476 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14478 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14481 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14483 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14485 while (!state
.finished
)
14487 char *p
= state
.string
;
14491 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14494 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14498 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14499 if (b
->number
== num
)
14502 function (b
, data
);
14506 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14511 static struct bp_location
*
14512 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14514 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14518 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14519 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14524 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14526 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14529 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14534 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14535 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14538 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14540 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14544 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14547 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14553 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14554 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14555 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14558 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14560 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14561 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14562 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14563 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14566 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14567 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14570 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14572 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14573 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14575 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14576 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14578 struct bp_location
*location
;
14580 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14581 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14584 update_global_location_list (0);
14586 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14589 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14592 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14594 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14597 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14598 disable_breakpoint. */
14601 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14603 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14607 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14611 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14614 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14615 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14617 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14619 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14625 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14627 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14628 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14629 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14630 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14632 update_global_location_list (0);
14635 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14639 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14642 int target_resources_ok
;
14644 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14647 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14648 target_resources_ok
=
14649 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14651 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14652 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14653 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14654 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14657 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14659 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14660 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14661 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14663 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14665 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14667 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14668 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14669 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14673 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14674 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14680 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14681 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14683 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14685 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14686 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14688 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14689 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14691 struct bp_location
*location
;
14693 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14694 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14697 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14698 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14699 update_global_location_list (1);
14701 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14706 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14708 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14712 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14714 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14717 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14718 enable_breakpoint. */
14721 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14723 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14726 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14727 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14728 in stopping the inferior. */
14731 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14735 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14737 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14738 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14739 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14741 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14743 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14749 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14751 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14752 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14753 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14754 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14756 update_global_location_list (1);
14759 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14762 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14772 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14774 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14776 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14780 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14782 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14784 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14788 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14790 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14794 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14796 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14798 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14802 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14804 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14806 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14810 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14812 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14814 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14818 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14820 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14824 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14829 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14833 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14834 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14838 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14839 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14840 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14842 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14845 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14846 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14848 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14850 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14852 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14854 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14855 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14856 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14857 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14859 value_free (wp
->val
);
14867 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14868 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14869 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14870 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14874 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14875 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14877 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14879 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14881 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14882 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14884 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14886 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14894 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14895 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14898 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14900 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14903 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14909 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14912 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14913 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14915 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14918 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14919 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14924 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14926 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14927 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14931 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14932 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14933 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14936 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14937 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14938 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14939 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14940 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14941 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14943 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14944 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14945 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14946 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14949 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14950 were inserted or not. */
14953 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14955 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14956 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14959 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14962 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14964 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14966 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14968 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14969 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14970 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14971 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14973 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14975 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14976 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14977 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14978 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14982 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14983 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14984 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14988 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14992 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14993 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14995 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14996 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14997 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15001 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15005 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15009 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15010 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15011 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15012 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15015 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15019 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15024 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15026 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15028 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15029 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15037 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15038 non-zero otherwise. */
15040 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15042 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15043 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15044 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15051 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15053 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15054 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15056 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15060 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15062 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15065 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15067 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15069 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15073 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15075 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15085 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15086 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15087 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15088 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15090 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15091 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15092 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15098 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15100 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15102 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15104 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15105 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15109 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15111 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15112 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15114 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15115 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15117 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15119 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15121 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15123 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15124 0 /* Ignore count */,
15125 pending_break_support
,
15129 0 /* internal */, 0);
15133 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15135 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15137 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15139 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15140 0 /* Ignore count */,
15141 pending_break_support
,
15142 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15145 0 /* internal */, 0);
15148 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15151 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15153 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15155 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15156 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15157 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15158 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15160 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15162 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15164 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15166 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15167 0 /* Ignore count */,
15168 pending_break_support
,
15172 0 /* internal */, 0);
15175 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15176 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15178 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15179 static int next_cmd
;
15182 read_uploaded_action (void)
15186 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15193 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15194 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15195 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15196 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15197 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15199 struct tracepoint
*
15200 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15202 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15203 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15205 if (utp
->at_string
)
15206 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15209 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15210 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15211 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15213 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15214 "source location, using raw address"),
15216 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15217 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15220 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15221 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15222 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15223 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15226 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15228 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15229 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15231 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15232 0 /* Ignore count */,
15233 pending_break_support
,
15234 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15236 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15238 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15241 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15242 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15243 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15247 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15250 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15253 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15254 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15255 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15257 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15259 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15264 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15266 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15268 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15269 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15270 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15271 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15274 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15275 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15276 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15281 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15285 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15287 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15290 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15292 if (num_printed
== 0)
15294 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15295 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15297 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15300 default_collect_info ();
15303 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15304 Not supported by all targets. */
15306 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15308 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15311 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15312 Not supported by all targets. */
15314 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15316 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15319 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15321 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15323 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15329 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15331 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15332 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15333 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15335 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15336 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15338 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15342 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15344 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15347 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15348 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15352 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15355 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15358 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15360 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15361 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15363 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15364 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15367 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15369 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15370 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15371 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15374 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15376 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15377 unsigned int count
;
15379 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15380 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15381 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15383 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15385 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15386 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15388 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15390 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15392 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15394 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15396 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15397 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15400 else if (*args
== '\0')
15402 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15404 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15408 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15410 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15411 while (!state
.finished
)
15413 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15415 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15420 struct tracepoint
*
15421 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15423 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15425 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15426 if (t
->number
== num
)
15427 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15432 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15433 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15436 struct tracepoint
*
15437 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15439 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15441 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15443 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15445 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15452 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15453 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15454 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15455 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15456 struct tracepoint
*
15457 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15458 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15461 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15463 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15467 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15468 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15470 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15473 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15475 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15478 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15482 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15483 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15486 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15487 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15491 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15492 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15494 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15497 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15502 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15504 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15513 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15514 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15515 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15519 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15520 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15522 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15525 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15526 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15527 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15529 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15530 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15532 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15533 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15535 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15536 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15539 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15540 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15545 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15547 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15549 /* We can stop searching. */
15556 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15560 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15561 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15562 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15564 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15565 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15566 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15568 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15569 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15573 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15574 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15577 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15578 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15581 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15583 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15584 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15587 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15588 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15590 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15591 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15595 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15599 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15600 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15602 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15604 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15607 throw_exception (ex
);
15609 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15612 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15613 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15615 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15616 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15617 special, and not user visible. */
15618 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15620 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15623 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15629 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15632 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15634 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15637 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15640 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15642 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15645 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15648 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15650 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15653 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15655 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15656 all_tracepoints (void)
15658 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15659 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15661 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15663 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15670 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15671 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15672 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15674 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15675 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15676 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15677 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15678 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15679 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15680 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15681 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15682 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15683 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15684 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15686 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15687 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15689 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15690 conditions are different.\n\
15692 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15694 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15695 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15697 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15698 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15701 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15702 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15703 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15704 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15705 void *user_data_catch
,
15706 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15708 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15710 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15712 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15713 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15714 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15716 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15718 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15719 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15720 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15724 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15726 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15727 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15729 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15730 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15731 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15735 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15737 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15738 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15739 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15742 struct breakpoint
*
15743 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15746 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15750 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15757 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15758 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15761 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15763 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15764 non-inline function. */
15765 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15771 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15772 have been inlined. */
15775 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15776 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15778 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15779 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15781 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15783 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15786 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15788 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15789 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15797 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15800 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15802 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15805 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15806 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15810 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15812 static int initialized
= 0;
15814 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15820 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15821 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15822 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15823 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15824 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15825 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15826 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15827 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15828 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15829 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15830 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15831 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15833 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15834 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15835 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15836 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15837 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15838 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15839 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15840 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15842 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15843 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15844 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15846 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15847 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15848 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15849 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15850 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15851 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15853 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15854 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15855 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15857 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15858 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15859 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15861 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15862 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15863 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15864 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15865 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15866 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15867 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15869 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15870 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15871 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15872 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15874 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15875 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15876 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15877 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15878 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15879 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15880 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15882 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15883 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15884 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15885 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15886 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15887 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15888 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15891 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15892 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15893 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15894 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15895 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15896 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15897 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15898 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15899 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15900 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15901 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15902 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15903 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15905 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15906 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15907 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15908 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15909 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15910 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15911 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15912 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15913 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15914 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15915 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15918 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15919 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15920 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15921 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15922 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15923 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15924 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15925 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15926 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15927 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15929 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15930 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15931 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15932 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15933 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15935 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15936 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15937 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15938 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15939 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15940 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15942 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15943 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15944 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15945 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15946 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15947 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15948 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15949 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15950 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15951 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15953 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15954 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15955 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15956 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15957 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15958 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15959 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15960 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15961 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15962 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15964 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15965 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15966 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15967 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15968 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15969 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15970 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15971 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15972 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15973 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15974 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15976 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15977 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15978 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15979 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15980 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15981 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15982 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15983 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15984 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15985 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15986 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15988 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15989 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15990 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15991 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15992 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15993 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15994 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15995 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15996 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15997 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15998 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15999 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16001 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16002 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16003 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16004 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16005 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16006 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16007 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16010 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16012 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16015 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16017 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16019 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16021 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16022 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16023 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16025 breakpoint_objfile_key
16026 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16028 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16029 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16030 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16032 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16033 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16034 before a breakpoint is set. */
16035 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16037 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16039 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16040 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16041 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16043 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16045 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16046 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16047 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16048 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16049 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16050 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16051 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16052 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16054 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16055 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16056 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16057 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16058 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16060 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16061 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16062 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16063 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16064 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16066 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16067 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16069 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16070 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16071 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16072 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16074 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16075 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16077 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16078 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16079 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16080 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16082 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16083 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16086 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16087 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16088 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16089 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16090 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16091 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16093 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16094 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16095 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16096 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16097 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16098 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16100 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16102 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16103 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16104 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16105 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16106 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16107 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16109 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16110 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16111 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16114 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16115 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16116 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16119 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16120 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16121 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16122 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16125 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16126 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16127 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16130 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16131 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16132 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16135 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16136 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16137 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16138 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16141 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16142 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16143 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16144 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16145 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16146 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16147 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16148 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16150 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16151 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16152 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16153 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16154 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16156 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16157 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16158 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16159 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16160 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16161 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16164 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16165 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16166 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16167 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16169 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16170 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16171 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16172 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16173 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16175 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16176 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16177 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16178 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16180 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16181 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16182 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16183 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16184 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16187 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16188 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16189 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16190 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16191 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16192 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16194 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16195 is executing in.\n\
16197 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16198 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16200 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16201 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16202 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16203 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16205 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16206 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16207 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16208 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16211 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16215 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16216 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16217 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16218 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16219 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16220 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16221 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16222 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16223 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16224 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16225 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16226 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16227 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16228 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16229 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16230 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16232 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16233 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16234 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16235 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16236 breakpoint set."));
16239 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16240 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16241 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16242 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16243 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16244 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16245 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16246 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16247 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16249 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16250 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16251 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16252 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16253 breakpoint set."));
16255 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16258 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16259 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16260 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16261 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16262 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16263 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16264 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16265 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16266 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16268 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16269 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16270 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16271 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16272 breakpoint set."));
16274 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16275 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16276 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16277 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16278 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16279 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16280 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16281 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16282 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16283 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16284 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16285 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16286 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16288 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16289 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16290 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16291 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16293 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16295 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16296 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16297 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16298 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16300 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16301 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16302 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16303 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16305 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16306 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16307 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16308 catch_catch_command
,
16312 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16313 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16314 catch_throw_command
,
16318 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16319 catch_fork_command_1
,
16321 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16322 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16323 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16324 catch_fork_command_1
,
16326 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16327 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16328 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16329 catch_exec_command_1
,
16333 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16334 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16335 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16336 catch_load_command_1
,
16340 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16341 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16342 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16343 catch_unload_command_1
,
16347 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16348 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16349 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16350 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16351 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16352 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16353 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16354 catch_syscall_completer
,
16358 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16359 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16360 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16361 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16362 an expression changes.\n\
16363 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16364 the memory to which it refers."));
16365 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16367 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16368 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16369 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16370 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16371 an expression is read.\n\
16372 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16373 the memory to which it refers."));
16374 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16376 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16377 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16378 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16379 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16380 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16381 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16382 the memory to which it refers."));
16383 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16385 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16386 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16388 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16389 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16390 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16391 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16392 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16393 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16394 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16395 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16396 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16399 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16400 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16402 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16404 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16406 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16407 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16409 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16410 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16411 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16413 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16414 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16415 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16416 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16418 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16419 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16421 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16422 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16423 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16425 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16426 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16428 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16429 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16430 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16431 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16432 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16433 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16434 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16435 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16436 the selected stack frame.\n\
16437 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16438 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16439 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16440 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16442 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16444 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16445 conditions are different.\n\
16447 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16448 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16449 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16451 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16452 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16453 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16454 last tracepoint set."));
16456 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16458 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16459 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16460 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16461 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16463 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16465 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16466 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16467 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16468 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16470 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16472 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16473 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16474 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16475 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16477 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16479 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16480 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16481 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16482 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16483 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16485 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16486 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16487 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16488 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16490 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16491 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16492 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16493 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16494 session to restore them."),
16496 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16498 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16499 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16500 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16502 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16504 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16505 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16507 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16508 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16509 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16510 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16511 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16512 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16513 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16514 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16515 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16516 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16517 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16518 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16520 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16521 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16522 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16523 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16524 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16525 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16526 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16527 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16529 show_pending_break_support
,
16530 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16531 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16533 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16535 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16536 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16537 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16538 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16539 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16540 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16541 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16543 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16544 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16545 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16547 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16548 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16549 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16550 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16551 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16552 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16553 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16554 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16555 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16556 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16557 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16558 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16560 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16561 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16562 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16564 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16565 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16566 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16567 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16568 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16569 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16570 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16571 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16572 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16573 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16574 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16575 be set to \"gdb\""),
16576 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16577 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16578 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16579 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16581 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16582 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16583 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16584 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16585 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16586 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16587 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16588 or the start of the range\n\
16589 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16590 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16591 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16593 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16594 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16595 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16597 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16598 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16599 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16600 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16601 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16602 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16604 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16606 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16607 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16608 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16609 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16610 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16611 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16612 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16613 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16614 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16615 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16616 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16617 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16619 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16620 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16621 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16622 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16623 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16624 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16625 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16627 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16628 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16629 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16630 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16631 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16632 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16633 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16635 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16636 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16637 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16638 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16639 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16640 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16643 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16645 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16646 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16647 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16649 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16651 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);